annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 29608:d42afd092e15

*** empty log message ***
author Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
date Mon, 12 Jun 2000 20:36:40 +0000
parents ca9466e54ffe
children 338238ca63ce
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14630 46501))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14647 32001))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
211
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
214 with an empty log." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14654
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; 18018))
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
381 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
382
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14644 1631))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
404 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
406
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14628 26787))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
460 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14654
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
473 ;;;;;; 26903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
478
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
518 ;;;;;; 44524))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
606 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
633 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
637 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
640 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
645 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
647
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
648 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
649 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
650 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
651 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
652 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
653 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
654 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
655 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
656 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
657 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
658
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
659 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
660 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
661 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
662 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
663 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
664 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
665
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
666 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
667
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
668 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
669 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
670 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
671 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
672 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
673 &c to supply digit arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
674
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
675 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
676
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
677 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
678
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
679 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
680 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
682
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
683 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
684 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
685
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
686 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
687
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
689 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
702 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
703 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
704 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
705
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
706 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
713 ;;;;;; (14651 36597))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
731 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
732 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
735 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
736 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
737
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
738 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
739 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
740
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
741 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
742 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
743
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
744 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
745 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
746
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
747 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
748
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
749 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
750
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
773 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
774 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14637 38156))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
777 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
778 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
779 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
781 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
782
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
783 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
784
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
785 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
786
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
814 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
815 ;;;;;; 45178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
830 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
853 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
858 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
871 ;;;;;; 9460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
976 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1098 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1358 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1547 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1559 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1561
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1562 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1563 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1564 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1565 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1566
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1571
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1572 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1573 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1574
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1575 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1576 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1577 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1578 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1579 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1580 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1581 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1582
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1583 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1584 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1585 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1586 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1587 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1588
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1589 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1590
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14647 32029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1670 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1681 ;;;;;; 60346))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1683
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1684 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1685 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1686 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1687
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1688 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1689
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1699 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1700 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1701 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1702 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1703 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1704 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1705 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1706 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1747 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1748 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1749 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1750
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1818 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1819 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1820
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1821 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1822
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1823 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1824
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1825 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1826
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1964 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2179 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2300 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2301
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2302 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2303 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2304 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2305 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2306 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2307
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2308 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2309 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2310 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2327 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2328
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2329 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2330
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2340 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2341 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2350 ;;;;;; (14652 49268))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2396 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2529 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2530 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2550 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2568 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2569 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2577
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2578 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2579 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
2599 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2607 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2625 ;;;;;; 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2641 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2686 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2687 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14634 20434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2708 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2709 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2710 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2711
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2712 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2713
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2714 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2715 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2716 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2717
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2718 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2719
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2720 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2721 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2722 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2723 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2725 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2726 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2727 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2728 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2729
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2733 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2756 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14635 2514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2788 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2830 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2831 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2887 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14634 20434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2890 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2891 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2892 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2893 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2894 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2895 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2896 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2897 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2898
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2899 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2900
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2901 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2902
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2925 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2934 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2935 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
2936 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2937 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2938
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2939 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2941 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2942 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2943 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2944
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2946
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2947 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2948 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2949 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2950 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2951 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2952 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2953 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2954 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2955 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2956
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2957 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2958 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2959 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2960 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2961 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2962
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2963 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2964 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2965 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2966
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2967 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2968 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2969 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2970 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2971 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2972 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2973 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2974 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2975 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2976 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2977
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2978 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2979 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2980
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2981 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2982
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2983 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2984 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2985
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2986 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2988
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2989 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2990 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2991
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2993
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2994 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2995 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2996 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2997 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2998
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2999 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3000 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3001 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3002
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3003 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3004 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3005 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3006
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3007 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3008 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3009
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3010 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3011 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3012
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3013 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3014 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3015
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3016 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3017 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3018
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3019 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3020 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3021 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3022
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3023 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3024 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3025 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3026
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3027 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3028 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3029 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3030
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3031 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3032 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3033
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3034 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3035 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3036 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3037 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3038 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3039 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3040 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3041 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3042
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3043 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3044 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3045
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3046 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3047 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3048
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3049 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3050 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3051
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3052 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3053 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3054
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3055 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3056
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3057 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3058 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3059
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3060 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3061 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3062 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3063
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3064 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3065
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3066 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3067
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3068 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3069 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3070 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3071
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3072 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3073
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3074 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3075 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3076
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3077 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3078 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3079
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3080 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3081 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3082 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3083 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3084 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3085
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3086 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3087 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3088
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3089 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3090 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3091
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3092 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3093 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3094 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3095 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3096 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3097 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3098 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3099 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3100
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3101 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3102 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3103 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3104 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3105
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3106 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3107
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3108 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3109
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3110 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3111 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3112 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3113 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3114 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3115 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3116 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3117 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3118 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3119
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3120 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3121 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3122 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3123
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3124 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3125 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3126 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3127
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3128 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3129
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3131 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
3153 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3169 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
3340 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3355 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3371 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3374 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3375
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3378 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3379 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3381
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3382 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3383 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3384 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3385 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3386
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3387 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3388 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3389 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3390 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3391
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3392 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3393 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3394 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3395
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3396 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3397 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3398 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3399
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3400 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3401 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3402 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3403
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3404 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3405
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3406 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3407 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3408 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3409
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3410 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3411
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3420 ;;;;;; (14626 23730))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3431 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3432
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3433 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3448 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3449
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3450 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3464 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3465
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3466 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3506 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3553 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3554
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3555 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3556 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3557 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3558 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3572 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3579 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14637 38156))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3589 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3593 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3599 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3600 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3602
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3603 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3604 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3605
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3606 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3607
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3608 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3609 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3611
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3612 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3613 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3614
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3615 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3616 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3617 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3618
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3619 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3620
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3621 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3622 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3623
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3626
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3627 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3628 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3629
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3630 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3631
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3632 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3633
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3635 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3636 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3659 ;;;;;; (14642 37753))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3705 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
3827 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3856 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3881 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3883
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3884 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3885 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3886
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3887 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3888
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3889 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3890 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3891
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3892 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3893
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3894 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3895
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3896 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3897 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3899
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3900 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3901 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3902 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3903 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3904 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3905 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3906
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3907 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3908
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3909 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3910
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3911 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3912 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3913 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3914 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3915 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3916 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3917 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3918 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3919 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3920 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3921 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3922 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3923 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3924 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3925 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3926 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3927 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3928
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3929 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3930
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3931 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3932 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3933 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3934 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3935 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3936 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3937 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3938 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3939
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3940 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3941 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3942
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3943 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3944
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3946 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14636 62703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3974 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3978 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
3986 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4006 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4007 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4011 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4012 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4015 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4016 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4019 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4020 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4021 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4024 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4025 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4026 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4029 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4032 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4036 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4061 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4096 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4119 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4120 ;;;;;; (14651 36400))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4121 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4122
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4123 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4124 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4125 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4126 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4127 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4128 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4129
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4130 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4131 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4132 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4133
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4134 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4135
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4140 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14628 26786))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4232 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace-regexp dired-do-search
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4233 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4234 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4235 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4236 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4237 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4238 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4239 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4240 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4241 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4242 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4243 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4244 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14625 18672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4288 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4289 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4290 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4291
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4297 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4298
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4299 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4300 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4402 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4403 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4404 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4405 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4406 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4407 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4408 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4409 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4410
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4450 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4489 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4505 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14638 40743))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4574 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4579 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4593 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4601 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4602 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4605 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4606 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4608 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4609
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4610 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4611
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4612 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4613
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4623 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4632 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4640 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4641 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14651 36597))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4645 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4646
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4647 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 Define a new minor mode MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4649 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4650 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4653 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4654 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4656 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4657 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4658 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4659 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4660 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4661 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4662 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4663 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4664 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4665
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4666 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4667 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4668 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4669 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4670 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4671 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4673 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4674
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4675 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4676
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4677 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4678 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4679
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4680 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4681
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4682 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4683 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4684 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4685 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4686 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4687 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4688 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4689
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4690 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4691
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4692 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4693
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4694 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4695 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4696 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4697
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4698 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4699 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4700
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4701 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4702 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4703 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4704
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4705 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4706 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4707
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4711 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14634
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4712 ;;;;;; 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4750 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4786
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4788 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4803 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4804
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4805 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4806
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4822 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4823 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4824 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4825 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4826
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4827 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4828 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4829 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4836 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4837 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4838 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4839 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4840 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4842
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4843 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4844 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4845
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4846 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4847 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4848
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4849 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4850 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4851 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4852
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4853 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4854 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4855 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4856 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4857
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4858 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4859 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4860 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4861
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4862 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4863 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4864 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4865 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4866
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4867 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4868
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4869 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4870 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4871 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4872
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4873 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4874
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4875 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4876 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4877
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4878 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4879 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4880
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4881 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4882
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4883 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4884 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4885
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4886 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4887 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4888 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4889 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4890
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4891 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4892
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4893 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4894 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4895
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4896 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4897 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4898
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4899 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4900
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4901 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4902 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4903
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4904 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4905 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4906 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4907 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4908
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4909 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4910
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4911 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4912
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4913 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4914 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4915
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4916 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4917 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4918
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4919 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4920 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4921
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4922 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4923 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4924
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4925 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4926 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4927
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4928 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4929 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4930
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4931 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4932
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4933 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4934 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4935
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4936 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4937
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4938 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4939 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4940
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4941 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4942
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4943 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4944 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4945
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4946 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4947
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4948 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4949
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4950 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4951 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4952 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14613
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4953 ;;;;;; 26536))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4955
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4957 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4958 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4959 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4960 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4961 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4962
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4963 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
4964 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4965
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4967 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4968
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4969 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4970
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4972 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4973 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4974 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4975
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4976 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4977 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4978 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4979
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4981 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4982 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4983 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4984
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4985 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4986
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4988 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5011 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5021 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14637 38269))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5041 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5064 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5089 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5090 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5097 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5103 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5110 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5111 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5117 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5119 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5125 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5132 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5156 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5163 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5193 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5197 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5198 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5199 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5200 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5201 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5213 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5227 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5228 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5230
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5231 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5232
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5233 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5234
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5237
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5238 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5239
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5240 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5241
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5242 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5243
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5244 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5245
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5247 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5258 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5275 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5319 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5328 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5361 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5393 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5395
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5396 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5397 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5398
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5399 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5400 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5401
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5402 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5403
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5404 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5405
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5407 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5415 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5416 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5417 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5447 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5460 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5512 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5530 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5556 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5557 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14634
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5558 ;;;;;; 20489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5568 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5569 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5570 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5571 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5572
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5791 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5792 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5944 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5945 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5946 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5948
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5949 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5950 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5951 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5952 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5953
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5954 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5955 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5956
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5957 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5958 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5959
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5960 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5961 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5962 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5963 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5964 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5965 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5966 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5967 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5968 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5969 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5970 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5971 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5972
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5973 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5974 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5975 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5976 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5977
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5978 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5979 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5980 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5981
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5982 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5983
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5984 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5985
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5987 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5988 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5990
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5991 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5992 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5993
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5994 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5995 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5996
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5997 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5998 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5999
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6000 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6001 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6002
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6003 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6004 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6005
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6006 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6007
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6008 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6009 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6011
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6012 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6013 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6014 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6015
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6016 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6017 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6018
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6019 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6020
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6021 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6022 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6024
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6025 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6026 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6027
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6028 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6029
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6031 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6048 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6085 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6153 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14634 20435))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6173 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6178 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6183 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6193 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6194
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6195 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6283 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6320 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6358 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6359 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14637 38207))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6379 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6402 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6419 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6462 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6537 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6620 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6621 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6623
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6624 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6625 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6626
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6627 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6628 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6629 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6630
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6631 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6632 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6633
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6634 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6635
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6637 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6655 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6694 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6761 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6762 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6763 ;;;;;; (14620 23716))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6824 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6846 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6847 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6848
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6849 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6850 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6851
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6861 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6862 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6863 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6864 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6866 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6867
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6868 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6869
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6870 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6871
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6873 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6878 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6887 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6888 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6897 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6898 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6900
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6901 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6902 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6903 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6904 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6905 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6906
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6907 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6908 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6909 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6910 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6911 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6912 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6913 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6914
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6915 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6916
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6918 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
6950 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7008 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7023 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7032 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
7077 ;;;;;; (14609 53573))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7079
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7080 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7081 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7082 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7083 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7084
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7085 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7086
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7088 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7118 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7146 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7156 ;;;;;; 49293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7174 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7187 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7199 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7209 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7224 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7242 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7251 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7263 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7291 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14637 38354))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7317 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7329 ;;;;;; (14629 39461))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7374 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7375 ;;;;;; 40782))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7385 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7391 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7395 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7396
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7397 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7398 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7399 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7400 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7401
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7402 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7403
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7404 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7405 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7406 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7407 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7408 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7409
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7410 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7411
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7412 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7413 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7426 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
7438 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7442 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7443 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7444 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7445 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7511 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7526 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7529 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7530 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7531
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7535 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7576 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7580 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7581
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7582 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7584 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7586
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7587 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7588 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7589
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7590 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7591 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7592
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7593 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7594 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7595 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7596 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7597 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7598
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7599 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7600 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7601
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7602 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7603 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7604
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7605 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7606 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7607 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7617 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7618 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7623 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7624
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7633 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14637 38207))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7636 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7637
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7737 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7738 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7775 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7777 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7781 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7783 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7784 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7786 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14651 36465))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7791 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7792
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7793 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7794 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7795 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7796 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7797 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7798
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7799 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7800
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7816 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7820 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7823 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7826 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7831 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7880 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7881
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7882 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7883 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7885
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7886 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7887 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7888 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7889 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7890
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7891 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7892 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7893 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7894
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7895 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7896
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7897 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7898 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7899 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7900
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7901 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7902
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7903 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7904
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7905 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7906 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7908
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7909 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7910 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7911
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7912 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7913
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7914 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7915 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7916 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7917 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7918
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7919 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7920 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7921 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7922 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7923
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7924 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7925
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7926 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7927 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7928 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7929
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7930 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7931
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7932 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7933 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7934 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7935 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7936 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7937
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7938 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7939 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7940 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7941
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7942 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7943 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7944 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7945 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7946 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7947 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7948 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7949 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7950 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7951
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7952 3. Completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7953 ----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7954 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7955 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7956 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7957 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7958 upper case.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7959
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7960 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7961 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7962 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7963 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7964
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7965 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7966 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7967 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7968 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7969 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7970 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7971 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7972 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7973 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7974
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7975 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7976 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7977
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7978 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7979 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7980 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7981
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7982 5. Automatic Case Conversion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7983 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7984 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7985 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7986
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7987 6. Automatic END completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7988 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7989 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7990 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7991
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7992 7. Hooks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7993 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7994 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7995 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7996
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7997 8. Documentation and Customization
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7998 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7999 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8000 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8001 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8002 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8003 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8004
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8005 9. Keybindings
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8006 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8007 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8008 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8009 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8010
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8011 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8012
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8013 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8014
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8015 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8026 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8027 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14653 63162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8030 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8031 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8032 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8033 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8034
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8036 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8045 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8046 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8048 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8049 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8050 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8051 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8057 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8059 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8060 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8061 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8066 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8070 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8071 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8072 defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8076 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8080 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8081 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8083 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8084 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8085
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8086 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8087
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8088 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8089 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8090 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8091 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8092 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8093 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8094 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8095 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8096 satisfied.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8097
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8098 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8099
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8100 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8101 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8111 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8112 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8113 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8123 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14634 20442))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8224 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8225 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8226
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8227 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8228 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8229
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8230 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8231 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8232 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8233 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8234
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8235 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8236
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8237 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8238
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8265 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8289 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8317 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8318 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14651 47854))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8329 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8330 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8336 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8344 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8345 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8346
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
8368 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8375 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8382 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8383
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8384 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8391 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8392
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8393 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8404 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8437 ;;;;;; (14644 61013))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8451 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8480 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8481 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8482 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8521 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8527 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8528 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8529 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8530 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8531 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8532
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8533 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8534 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8535 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8536 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8537 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8538
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8551 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8563 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8564 ;;;;;; (14637 38360))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8567 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8568 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8569
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8570 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8571 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8572
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8573 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8574 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8575
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8585 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8595 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8653 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8654
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8655 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8656
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8657 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8658
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8659 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8660
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8661 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8699 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8700
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8701 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8702 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8703 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8704 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8705 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8706 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8746 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8747 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8802 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14619 3306))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8845 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8846 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8903 ;;;;;; (14651 36595))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8936 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8944 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8946
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8947 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8948 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8950 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8951
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8952 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8953
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8954 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8971 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14636
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8991 ;;;;;; 62730))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9005 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9008 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9017 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9046 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9047 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9050 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9051
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9052 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9053 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9054 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9055 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9056 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9057 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9058
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9059 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9060 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9061
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9062 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9063 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9064
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9066 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9067 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9068 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9069 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9070
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9071 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9072
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9073 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9074
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9078 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9138 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14647
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9179 ;;;;;; 32003))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9184 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9190 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9194 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9195 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9198 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9199
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9200 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9201 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9207
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9208 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9209 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9210 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9211 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9212 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9213 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9214 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9215 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9216
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9217 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9218
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9219 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9220 ;;;;;; 42770))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9222
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9223 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9224 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9225
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9226 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9227
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9229 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9230 ;;;;;; 22518))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9266 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9267 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9268 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9271 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9272
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9273 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9274 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9275 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9276 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9277
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9278 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9279 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9280
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9281 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9282 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9285 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9286 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9287 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9290 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9291
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9292 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9293 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9294 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9295 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9296
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9297 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9298 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9299
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9300 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9301 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9329 ;;;;;; 30919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9340 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9421 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9447 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9468 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9469 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9470 ;;;;;; 36191))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9480 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9481 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9482 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9483 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9484
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9485 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9486 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9487 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9488 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9489
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9490 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9491 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9492 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9493 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9494
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9505 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9523 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9561 ;;;;;; (14608 7464))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9588 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9621 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9626 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9641 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9676 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9826 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9849 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9885 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14651 36905))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9942 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14635
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9943 ;;;;;; 2497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9978 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10010 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10040 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10080 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14627 62302))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10109 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10110 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10111 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10112 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10113 ;;;;;; (14652 49271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10119 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10120 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10121
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10122 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10123 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10124 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10125 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10126 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10127
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10128 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10129 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10130 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10131 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10136 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10137 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10138 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10139 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10140 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10141
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10142 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10143 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10144 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10145 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10146 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10147
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10148 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10149 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10150
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10151 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10152 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10153 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10154 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10155 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10156
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10194 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10195
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10201 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10230 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10231 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10236 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10243 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10244 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10245
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10246 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10247 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10254 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10258 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10269 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10270 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10271
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10272 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10273 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10274 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10275
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10276 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10277 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10278 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10330 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10331
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10334
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10335 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10336 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10337
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10338 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10339
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10341 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10342 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10343 ;;;;;; (14644 7249))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10374 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10375 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10376
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10399 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10400 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10401 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14651 36595))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10403
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10404 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10405
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10406 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10407
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10408 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10409
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10410 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10411
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10412 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :group (quote fill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10413
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10414 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10415 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10416 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10417 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10418 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10419
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10420 (defvar comment-start nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10421 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10422
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10423 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10424 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10425 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10426 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10427
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10428 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10429 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10430
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10431 (defvar comment-end "" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10432 *String to insert to end a new comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10433 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10434
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10435 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10436 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10437 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10438 the comment's starting delimiter.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10439
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10440 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10441 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10442 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10443
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10444 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10445 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10446 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10447 of the corresponding number of spaces.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10448
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10449 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10450 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10451
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10452 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10453 *Non-nil means \\[indent-new-comment-line] should continue same comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10454 on new line, with no new terminator or starter.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10455 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10456
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10457 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10458 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10459 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10460
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10461 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10462 Set the comment column based on point.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10463 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10464 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10465 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10466 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10467
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10468 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10469 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10470 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10471
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10472 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10473 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10474 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10475 comment markers." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10476
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10477 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10478 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10479 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10480 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10481 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10482 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10483 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10484 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10485
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10486 The strings used as comment starts are built from
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10487 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10488
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10489 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10490 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10491 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10492 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10493 case it calls `uncomment-region').
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10494 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10495 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10496 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10497
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10498 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10499 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10500 This indents the body of the continued comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10501 under the previous comment line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10502
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10503 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10504 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10505 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10506
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10507 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10508 or comment indentation.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10509
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10510 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10511 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10512
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10513 ;;;***
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10514
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10516 ;;;;;; 49432))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10529 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10538 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10548 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10557 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10572 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10594 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10607 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10619 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
10640 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10697 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10707 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10708 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10737 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10754 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10805 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10808 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10809 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10810 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10811 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10813 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10814
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10815 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10816
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10817 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10818
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10830 ;;;;;; 63384))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10867 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10881 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10897 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10964 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14619 3307))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10966
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10967 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10968 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10969 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10970 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10971
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10972 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10973
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10974 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10975 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10976 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10977 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10978 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10979 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10980 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10981 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10982
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10983 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10984 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10985 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10986 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10987 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10988 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10989
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10990 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10991 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10992 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10993 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10994 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10995 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10996 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10997
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10998 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10999
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11000 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11001 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11002 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11003 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11004 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11005 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11006
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11007 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11008
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11009 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11010
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11013
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11014 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11015
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11016 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11017
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11019 ;;;;;; (14644 9538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11071 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11140 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11142
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11143 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11144 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11145 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11146 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11147
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11148 pong-mode keybindings:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11149 \\<pong-mode-map>
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11150
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11151 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11152
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11153 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11154
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11156 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11179 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11182 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11183 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11185 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11186 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11187 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11188 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11190 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11194
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11200 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11204 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11205 ;;;;;; 3795))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11207
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11208 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11209 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11210
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11211 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11212
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11213 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11214 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11215
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11216 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11217 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11218 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11219 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11220 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11221 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11222 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11223 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11224 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11225 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11226 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11227
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11228 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11229
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11230
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11231 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11232
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11233
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11234 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11235 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11236 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11237
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11238 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11239
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11240
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11241 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11242 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11243 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11244 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11245 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11246 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11247
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11248 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11249
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11251 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11252 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
11253 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11256 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11257 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11258
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11259 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11260
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11261 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11262 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11263 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11264 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11265 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11266 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11267 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11268 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11269
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11270 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11271 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11272 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11273 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11274 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11275 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11276 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11277
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11278 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11279 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11280 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11281 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11282 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11283 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11284 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11285 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11286 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11287 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11288 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11289
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11290 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11291 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11292 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11293 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11294 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11295 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11296
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11297 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11298
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11319 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11320 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11321
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11322 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11323 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11324
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11325 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11326
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11327 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11328
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11329 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11330
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11331 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11332 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11333
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11349 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11350 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14654 17854))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
11354 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11358 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11359 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11360
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11487 ;;;;;; (14644 61013))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11564 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11565 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11573 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11589 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11593
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11594 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11595 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11596
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11644 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11645 ;;;;;; 7245))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11691 ;;;;;; 16808))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11701 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11703
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11704 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11705 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11706
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11707 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11708
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11709 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11710 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14654
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11711 ;;;;;; 24504))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11712 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11713
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11714 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11715 Toggle recentf mode.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11716 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11717 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11718
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11719 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11720 were operated on recently." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11721
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11722 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11723 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11724
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11725 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11726 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11727
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11728 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11729 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11730
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11731 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11732 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11733
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11734 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11735
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11737 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11738 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11739 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11740 ;;;;;; 23030))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11746 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11747
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11748 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11749 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11752 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11753 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11754 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11755 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11756
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11757 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11758 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11759 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11762 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11763 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11764
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11765 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11766 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11767 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11770 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11771 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11774 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11775
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11776 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11777 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11778
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11779 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11780 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11794 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11795
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11797 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11798
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11799 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11800 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11801 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11808 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11809
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11810 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11811 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11814 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11815
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11816 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11817 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11818 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11820 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11821 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11822
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11824 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11825 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11826
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11827 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11828 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11829 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11830
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11831 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11832
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11833 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11834 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11843 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11844 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11845
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11855 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11856 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11857 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11871 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11872
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11874 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11876
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11877 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11886 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11887
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11900 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11901 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11903
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11904 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11905 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11906 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11907
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11908 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11909 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11910 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11911
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11912 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11913
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11914 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11915 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11916 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11917 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11918 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11919
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11920 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11921 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11922
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11923 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11924
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11925 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11926
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11927 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11928
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11929 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11930
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11932 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11943 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11968 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11971 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11972 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11973
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11974 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11975 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11976 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11977 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11978 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11979 and point is left after the salutation.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11980
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11981 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11982 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11983 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11984 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11985 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11986
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11987 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11988 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11989
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11990 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11991 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11992 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11993 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11998 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12033 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12088 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12089 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12090 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12091 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12092 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12093 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14643 46447))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12151 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12152 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12153
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12163 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12164 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12165
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12177 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12274 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12284 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12312 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12324 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12347 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12348
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12349 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12350 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12381 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12382 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12417 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12418 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12419 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12420 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12465 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12466 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12467 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12468 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12469 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12470 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12471 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12472
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12473 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12474 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12475 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12476
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12477 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12478
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12482 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12490 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12493 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12498 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12508 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12512 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12519 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12522 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12525 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12528 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12531 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12534 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12539 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12544 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12557 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12562 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12575 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12586 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12587 ;;;;;; 55098))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12592 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12612 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12613 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14603 14745))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12625 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12626 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12627
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12628 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12629 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12630 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12631 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12632
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12633 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12634 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12635 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12636
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12637 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12638 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12709 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12719 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12788 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12850 ;;;;;; (14651 36906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12882 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12883 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12884 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12885 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12886 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12887 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12888 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12889
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12890
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12914 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12959 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13005 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13006 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13058 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13166 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14637
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13167 ;;;;;; 38212))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13169
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13170 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13171 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13172 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13173
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13174 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13175
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13177 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13184 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13207 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13208 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13295 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13370 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13434 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13435 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13436 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13493 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13514 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13543 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13555 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13559 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13606 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13637 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
13651 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13723 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13779 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14651 36595))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13800 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13803
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13804 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13805 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13806 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13807 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13808 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13809 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13810
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13811 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13812 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13813 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13814 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13815 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13816
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13817 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13818 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13819 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13820 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13821 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13822 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13823 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13824 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13825 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13826 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13827 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13828 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13829 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13830 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13831 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13832
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13833 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13834 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13835 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13836 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13837
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13838 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13839 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13840
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13841 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13842 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13843 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13844 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13845
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13846 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13847 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13848 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13849
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13850 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13851
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13873 ;;;;;; 17354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13891 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13892 ;;;;;; 10588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13957 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14050 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14205 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14239 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14281 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14282 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14301 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14305
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14306 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14307 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14312 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14313 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14318 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14324 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14331 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14333 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14336 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14339 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14340 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14342 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14343 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14344 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14345 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14349 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14354 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14359 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14360 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14366 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14375
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14376 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14377 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14378 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14379 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14380 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14381
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14382 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14386 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14387 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14388 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14655 35092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14415 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14416
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14417 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14418
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14419 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14420
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14421 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14422
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14426 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14427 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14428 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14429 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14647
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14430 ;;;;;; 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14433 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14437 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14438 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14439
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14440 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14441 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14442 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14445 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14448 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14449
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14450 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14451 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14452 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14453 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14454
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14455 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14456 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14457 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14458 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14459
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14460 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14464 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14477 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14479
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14480 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14481 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14482 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14483 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14484 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14485 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14486
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14487 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14488 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14489 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14490 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14491 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14492 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14493
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14494 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14495
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14496 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14497 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14619 48411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14500 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14501 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14503 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14504
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14505 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14506
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14507 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14508
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14531 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14535 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14547 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14548 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14549 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14559 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14572 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14616 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14635 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14668 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-insert-item)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14669 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14653 63363))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14671
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14672 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14673 Insert new TODO list entry.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14674 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14675 category." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14676
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14677 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14678 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14679 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14680 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14681
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14682 Number of entries for each category is given by
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14683 'todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14684
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14685 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14686 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14687
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14688 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14689
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14690 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14691 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14692
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14693 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14694 Show TODO list." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14695
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14696 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14697
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14698 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14699 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14706 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14707 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14709 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14710
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14711 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14712
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14713 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14714
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14715 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14716
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14717 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14718 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14731 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14757 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14783 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14827 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14882 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14906 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14974 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14979 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14980 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14981 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14985 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14986 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14988 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14991 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14998 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14999 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15000 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15001 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15003 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15005 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15006 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15009 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15010 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15011 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15012 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15013 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15014 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15016 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15017 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15019 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15022 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15028 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15039 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
15051 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
15052 ;;;;;; 59735))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15057 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15059 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15069 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15070 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15071 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15081 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15086 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15087 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15093 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15120 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15121 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15122 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15140 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15204 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15217 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15234 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15235 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15237 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15238 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15239 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15267 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15349 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15357 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15358 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15359 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15360 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15361 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15362 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15363 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15365 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15366 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15367 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15369 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15370 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15371 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15372 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15373 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15374 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15375 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15376 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15378 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15379 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15380 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15381 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15382 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15383 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15385 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15386 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15387 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15388 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15389 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15391 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15392 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15393 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15394 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15395 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15397 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15398 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15399 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15401 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15402 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15403 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15405 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15406 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15407 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15409 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15410 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15417 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15420 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15525 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15529 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15530 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15531 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15532 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15533 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15535 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15536 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15538 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15539 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15543 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15544 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15546 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15547 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15554 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15562 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15563 ;;;;;; 6934))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15567 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15568 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15569 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15571 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15573 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15574 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15575 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15576 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15597 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15606 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15607 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15608 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15617 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15622 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15625 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15626 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15651 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15664 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15668 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15669 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15670 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15671 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15672 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15673 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15674 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15675 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15676 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15677 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15678 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15679 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15680 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15681 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15682 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15683 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15684 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15685 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15686 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15687 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15688 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15689 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15690 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15691 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15692 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15693 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15694 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15695 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15696 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15697 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15698 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15699 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15700 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15701 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15702 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15703 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15704 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15705 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15706 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15707 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15708 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15709 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15710 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15712 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15713 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15714 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15715 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15716 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15717 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15718 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15720 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15722 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15723 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15724 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15725 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15726 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15727 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15728 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15730 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15731 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15732 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15733 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15734 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15735 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15736 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15737 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15738 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15739 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15741 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15743 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15745 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15746 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15748 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15749
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15750 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15754 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15759 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15762 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15764 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15769 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15771 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15786 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15789 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15790 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15792 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15794 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15796 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15798 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15800 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15801 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15802 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15803 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15805 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15806 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15808 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15809
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15810 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15811 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15812 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15814
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15815 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15816 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15817
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15818 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15819 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15820 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15821 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15822 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15823
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15824 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15825 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15826 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15827 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15828
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15829 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15830 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15831
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15832 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15833 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15834
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15835 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15836 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15837
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15838 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15839 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15840
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15841 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15842 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15843
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15844 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15845 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15846
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15847 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15848 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15849 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15850 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15851 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15852 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15853
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15854 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15855
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15856 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15857 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15858
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15859 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15860 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15861 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15862 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15863 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15864
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15865 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15866 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15867
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15868 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15869 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15870 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15871 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15872
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15873 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15874 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15875 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15876
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15877 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15878 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15879 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15880 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15881 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15882 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15883 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15884 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15885
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15886 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15887 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15888
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15889 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15890 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15891 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15892
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15893 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15894
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15896 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15915 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14651 36596))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15923 Create widget of TYPE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15932 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15933 ;;;;;; 64331))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15935
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15936 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15937 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15938 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15939 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15940 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15941 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15942 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15943
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15944 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15945 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15946 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15947 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15948 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15949 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15950 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15951
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15952 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15953 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15954 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15955 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15956 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15957 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15958 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15959
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15960 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15961 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15962 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15963 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15964 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15965 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15966 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15967
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15968 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15969 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15970
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15971 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15972
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15973 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15974 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15975 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15976
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15977 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15978 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15980 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15981
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15982 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15983
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15984 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15985
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15986 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15987 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15988 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15989
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15990 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15991
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15993 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14636 62704))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15995
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15996 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15997 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15998 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15999 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16000 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16001 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16002 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16003 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16004
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16005 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16006 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16007
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16008 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16009 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16010
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16011 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16012 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16013 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16014 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16015 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16016 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16017 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16018 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16019
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16020 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16021
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16023 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16026 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16027 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16029 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16030 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16031 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16032 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16033 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16034 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16036 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16037 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16041 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16045 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16046 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16047 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16048 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16049 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16050 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16051 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16052 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16053 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16054 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16055 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16056 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16057 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16058 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16059 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16060 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16061 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16062 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16063 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16065 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16066 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16067 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16068 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16069 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16070 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16071 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16072 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16073 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16074 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16075 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16076 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16077 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16078 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16079 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16080 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16081 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16082 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16083 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16084 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16085 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16086 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16087 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16088 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16089 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16090 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16091 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16092 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16094 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16095 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16096 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16097 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16098 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16099 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16100 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16101 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16102 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16103 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16104 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16105 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16107 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16108 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16109 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16110 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16111 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16112 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16113 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16114 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16115 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16116 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16117 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16118 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16119 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16120 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16121 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16122 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16123 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16124 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16125 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16126 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16127 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16128 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16129 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16130 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16132 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16133
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16135 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16138 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16139 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16140 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16142 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16144 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16146 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16147 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16148 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16150 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16151 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16153 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16154 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16156 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16157 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16158 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16160 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16161 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16163 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16166 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16169 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16170 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16171
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16172 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16173 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16174
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16175 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16176
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16177 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16178 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16179
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16180 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16184 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16185 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16186 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16187 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16188 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16189 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here